Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1542 Young Street, Honolulu, Hawaii 96826
Tel. 808-545-3722
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

th,

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY

Bringing You Tomorrow's Technology Today

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICE

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D301  IT Facility Operation and Maintenance
FPDS Code D302  IT Systems Development Services
FPDS Code D306  IT Systems Analysis Services
FPDS Code D307  Automated Information Systems Design and Integration Services
FPDS Code D308  IT Programming Services
FPDS Code D310  IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316  IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399  Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

Note 1:   All non-professional labor categories must be incidental to and used solely to support hardware, software and/or professional services, and cannot be purchased separately.

Note 2:   Offerors and Agencies are advised that the Group 70 Information Technology Schedule is not to be used as a means to procure services which properly fall under the Brooks Act. These services include, but are not limited to, architectural, engineering, mapping, cartographic production, remote sensing, geographic information systems, and related services. FAR 36.6 distinguishes between mapping services of an A/E nature and mapping services which are not connected nor incidental to the traditionally accepted A/E Services.

Note 3:   This solicitation is not intended to solicit for the reselling of IT Professional Services, except for the provision of implementation, maintenance, integration, or training services in direct support of a product. Under such circumstances the services must be performance by the publisher or manufacturer or one of their authorized agents.

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.
1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050, Honolulu, Hawaii 96814
Tel. 808-545-3722
Fax. 808-599-5264
www.PBSHawaii.com

 

Contract Number: GS-35F-0550R

Period Covered by Contract: May 9th, 2005 through May 8th, 2010

 


General Services Administration Federal Supply Service

Products and ordering information in this Authorized FSS Information Technology Schedule Pricelist are also available on the GSA Advantage! System. Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Federal Supply Service s Home Page via the Internet at http://www.fss.gsa.gov/

 


Table Of Contents:

 

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES. 1

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES.. 5

1.     Geographic Scope of Contract: 5

2.     Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information: 5

3.     LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE. 6

4.     Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279: 6

5.     FOB Destination. 6

6.     DELIVERY SCHEDULE. 6

7.   Discounts: 6

8.     Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended: 7

9.     Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing: 7

10.       Small Requirements: 7

11.       Maximum Order 7

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS. 7

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS: 8

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001) 9

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES: 9

16.       GSA Advantage! 10

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS. 10

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS. 10

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES. 10

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs) 10

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 11

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION.. 11

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE. 11

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES. 11

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5) 11

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51) 13

1.     SCOPE. 13

2.     PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES. 13

3.     ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003) 13

4.     ORDER.. 14

5.     PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES. 15

6.     STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989) 15

7.     INSPECTION OF SERVICES. 15

8.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR.. 15

9.     RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY.. 16

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR.. 16

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST. 16

12        INVOICES. 16

13.       PAYMENTS. 16

14.       RESUMES. 16

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS. 16

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS. 16

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING.. 17

CORPORATE OVERVIEW... 17

CORE COMPENTENCIES. 17

LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS. 18

HOURLY LABOR RATES. 21

Labor Category. 21

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION.. 23

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS. 23

BEST VALUE BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE. 24

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING  CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS. 27

 

 


 

SECTION I Information for Ordering ACTIVITIES

 

INFORMATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES
APPLICABLE TO ALL SPECIAL ITEM NUMBERS

 

SPECIAL NOTICE TO AGENCIES: Small Business Participation

SBA strongly supports the participation of small business concerns in the Federal Supply Schedules Program. To enhance Small Business Participation SBA policy allows agencies to include in their procurement base and goals, the dollar value of orders expected to be placed against the Federal Supply Schedules, and to report accomplishments against these goals.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, FAR 8.404 requires agencies to consider the catalogs/pricelists of at least three schedule contractors or consider reasonably available information by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service (www.fss.gsa.gov). The catalogs/pricelists, GSA Advantage! and the Federal Supply Service Home Page (www.fss.gsa.gov) contain information on a broad array of products and services offered by small business concerns.

This information should be used as a tool to assist ordering activities in meeting or exceeding established small business goals. It should also be used as a tool to assist in including small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses among those considered when selecting pricelists for a best value determination.

For orders exceeding the micropurchase threshold, customers are to give preference to small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy their requirement.

 

1.         Geographic Scope of Contract:

 

Domestic delivery is delivery within the 48 contiguous states, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, Washington, DC, and U.S. Territories. Domestic delivery also includes a port or consolidation point, within the aforementioned areas, for orders received from overseas activities.

 

Overseas delivery is delivery to points outside of the 48 contiguous states, Washington, DC, Alaska, Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and U.S. Territories.

 

Offerors are requested to check one of the following boxes:

 

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic and overseas delivery.

[ ]            The Geographic Scope of Contract will be overseas delivery only.

[X]          The Geographic Scope of Contract will be domestic delivery only.

 

For Special Item Number 132-53 Wireless Services ONLY, if awarded, list the limited geographic coverage area:

______________________________________________________________________________

 

2.         Contractor's Ordering Address and Payment Information:

Contractors are required to accept credit cards for payments equal to or less than the micro‑purchase threshold for oral or written delivery orders. Credit cards will be acceptable for payment above the micro-purchase threshold. In addition, bank account information for wire transfer payments will be shown on the invoice.

The following telephone number(s) can be used by ordering activities to obtain technical and/or ordering assistance:

                808-545-3722

Orders requested by facsimilie transmission should be forwarded to:

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

808-545-3722

 

Orders requested by mail should be mailed to:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

ATTN: GSA Contracts

1100 Ward Ave, Suite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

Payment Address:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

1100 Ward Ave, Stuite 1050

                Honolulu, Hawaii 96814

 

When Authorized Dealers are allowed by the Contractor to bill ordering activities and accept payment, the order and/or payment must be in the name of the Contractor, in care of the Authorized Dealer.

 

3.         LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE

The Contractor shall not be liable for any injury to ordering activity personnel or damage to ordering activity property arising from the use of equipment maintained by the Contractor, unless such injury or damage is due to the fault or negligence of the Contractor.

 

4.         Statistical Data for Government Ordering Office Completion of Standard Form 279:

Block 9: G. Order/Modification Under Federal Schedule
Block 16: Data Universal Numbering System (DUNS) Number: 11-322-1543
Block 30: Type of Contractor - B. Other Small Business, Veteran Owned Small Business

Block 31: Woman-Owned Small Business - NO
Block 36: Contractor's Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 99-0229050

4a.           CAGE Code: 06AL4
4b.           Contractor has registered with the Central Contractor Registration Database.

 

5.         FOB Destination

When services are required outside of the Honolulu, Hawaii area, the ordering activity will pay, outside of the scope of the contract, the actual travel expenses incurred, in addition to the Joint Travel Regulations established per diem rate for the applicable location. Airfares will be limited to coach, and auto rentals to intermediate class.

6.         DELIVERY SCHEDULE

a.             TIME OF DELIVERY: The Contractor shall deliver to destination within the number of calendar days after receipt of order (ARO), as set forth below:

Normal Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

30 Days

 

Expidited Delivery:

SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER

DELIVERY TIME (Days ARO)

132-51

Negotiable

 

The negotiated delivery time for expideted orders includes overnight and 2 day delivery times.

 

b.             URGENT REQUIREMENTS: When the Federal Supply Schedule contract delivery period does not meet the bona fide urgent delivery requirements of an ordering activity, ordering activities are encouraged, if time permits, to contact the Contractor for the purpose of obtaining accelerated delivery. The Contractor shall reply to the inquiry within 3 workdays after receipt. (Telephonic replies shall be confirmed by the Contractor in writing.) If the Contractor offers an accelerated delivery time acceptable to the ordering activity, any order(s) placed pursuant to the agreed upon accelerated delivery time frame shall be delivered within this shorter delivery time and in accordance with all other terms and conditions of the contract.

 

7.   Discounts:

Prices shown are NET Prices; Basic Discounts have been deducted.

a.             Prompt Payment: _2_% - _10_ days from receipt of invoice or date of acceptance, whichever is later.
b.             Quantity

First 30 hours per month, current rate per hour, see Hourly Labor Rates

Next 30 hours per month, discount 12% per hour

Over 60 hours per month, discount 24% per hour

Weekend, holidays and evening rates, $170.00 per hour, one-hour minimum charge.

 

Hours are not cumulative from month-to-month.


c.             Dollar Volume 0%
d.             Government Educational Institutions are offered the same discount as all other Government customers, 0%

e.             Other 0%

 

8.         Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended:

All items are U.S. made end products, designated country end products, Caribbean Basin country end products, Canadian end products, or Mexican end products as defined in the Trade Agreements Act of 1979, as amended.

 

9.         Statement Concerning Availability of Export Packing:

Export packaging is available upon request, chargable to the ordering agency if applicable.

 

10.       Small Requirements:

a.        The minimum dollar value of orders to be issued is $160.

 

11.       Maximum Order

a.             The Maximum Order value for Special Item Number 132-51 - Information Technology (IT) Professional Services is $500,000.

 

12.       USE OF FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE CONTRACTS.

In accordance with FAR 8.404:

[NOTE: Special ordering procedures have been established for Special Item Numbers (SINs) 132-51 IT Professional Services and 132‑52 EC Services; refer to the terms and conditions for those SINs.]

Orders placed pursuant to a Multiple Award Schedule (MAS), using the procedures in FAR 8.404, are considered to be issued pursuant to full and open competition. Therefore, when placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, ordering activities need not seek further competition, synopsize the requirement, make a separate determination of fair and reasonable pricing, or consider small business set-asides in accordance with subpart 19.5. GSA has already determined the prices of items under schedule contracts to be fair and reasonable. By placing an order against a schedule using the procedures outlined below, the ordering activity has concluded that the order represents the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative (considering price, special features, administrative costs, etc.) to meet the ordering activity s needs.

a.             Orders placed at or below the micro-purchase threshold. ordering activities can place orders at or below the micro-purchase threshold with any Federal Supply Schedule Contractor.

b.             Orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold but not exceeding the maximum order threshold. Orders should be placed with the Schedule Contractor that can provide the supply or service that represents the best value. Before placing an order, ordering activities should consider reasonably available information about the supply or service offered under MAS contracts by using the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service, or by reviewing the catalogs/pricelists of at least three Schedule Contractors and selecting the delivery and other options available under the schedule that meets the ordering activity s needs. In selecting the supply or service representing the best value, the ordering activity may consider--

(1)           Special features of the supply or service that are required in effective program performance and that are not provided by a comparable supply or service;

(2)           Trade-in considerations;

(3)           Probable life of the item selected as compared with that of a comparable item;

(4)           Warranty considerations;

(5)           Maintenance availability;

(6)           Past performance; and

(7)           Environmental and energy efficiency considerations.

c.             Orders exceeding the maximum order threshold. Each schedule contract has an established maximum order threshold. This threshold represents the point where it is advantageous for the ordering activity to seek a price reduction. In addition to following the procedures in paragraph b, above, and before placing an order that exceeds the maximum order threshold, ordering activities shall--

Review additional Schedule Contractors

(1)           catalogs/pricelists or use the GSA Advantage! on-line shopping service;

(2)           Based upon the initial evaluation, generally seek price reductions from the Schedule Contractor(s) appearing to provide the best value (considering price and other factors); and

(3)           After price reductions have been sought, place the order with the Schedule Contractor that provides the best value and results in the lowest overall cost alternative. If further price reductions are not offered, an order may still be placed, if the ordering activity determines that it is appropriate.

NOTE: For orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the Contractor may:

(1) Offer a new lower price for this requirement (the Price Reductions clause is not applicable to orders placed over the maximum order in FAR 52.216-19 Order Limitations);

(2) Offer the lowest price available under the contract; or

(3) Decline the order (orders must be returned in accordance with FAR 52.216-19).

d.             Blanket purchase agreements (BPAs). The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule BPAs is permitted when following the ordering procedures in FAR 8.404. All schedule contracts contain BPA provisions. ordering activities may use BPAs to establish accounts with Contractors to fill recurring requirements. BPAs should address the frequency of ordering and invoicing, discounts, and delivery locations and times.

e.             Price reductions. In addition to the circumstances outlined in paragraph c, above, there may be instances when ordering activities will find it advantageous to request a price reduction. For example, when the ordering activity finds a schedule supply or service elsewhere at a lower price or when a BPA is being established to fill recurring requirements, requesting a price reduction could be advantageous. The potential volume of orders under these agreements, regardless of the size of the individual order, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure greater discounts. Schedule Contractors are not required to pass on to all schedule users a price reduction extended only to an individual ordering activity for a specific order.

f.              Small business. For orders exceeding the micro-purchase threshold, ordering activities should give preference to the items of small business concerns when two or more items at the same delivered price will satisfy the requirement.

g.             Documentation. Orders should be documented, at a minimum, by identifying the Contractor the item was purchased from, the item purchased, and the amount paid. If an ordering activity requirement, in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, is defined so as to require a particular brand name, product, or feature of a product peculiar to one manufacturer, thereby precluding consideration of a product manufactured by another company, the ordering activity shall include an explanation in the file as to why the particular brand name, product, or feature is essential to satisfy the ordering activity s needs.

 

13.       FEDERAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY/TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS:

Ordering activities acquiring products from this Schedule must comply with the provisions of the Federal Standards Program, as appropriate (reference: NIST Federal Standards Index). Inquiries to determine whether or not specific products listed herein comply with Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) or Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS), which are cited by ordering activities, shall be responded to promptly by the Contractor.

 

13.1        FEDERAL INFORMATION PROCESSING STANDARDS PUBLICATIONS (FIPS PUBS): Information Technology products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FIPS Publication." Federal Information Processing Standards Publications (FIPS PUBS) are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Information concerning their availability and applicability should be obtained from the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), 5285 Port Royal Road, Springfield, Virginia 22161. FIPS PUBS include voluntary standards when these are adopted for Federal use. Individual orders for FIPS PUBS should be referred to the NTIS Sales Office, and orders for subscription service should be referred to the NTIS Subscription Officer, both at the above address, or telephone number (703) 487-4650.

 

13.2        FEDERAL TELECOMMUNICATION STANDARDS (FED-STDS): Telecommunication products under this Schedule that do not conform to Federal Telecommunication Standards (FED-STDS) should not be acquired unless a waiver has been granted in accordance with the applicable "FED-STD." Federal Telecommunication Standards are issued by the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), pursuant to National Security Act. Ordering information and information concerning the availability of FED-STDS should be obtained from the GSA, Federal Supply Service, Specification Section, 470 East L Enfant Plaza, Suite 8100, SW, Washington, DC 20407, telephone number (202)619-8925. Please include a self-addressed mailing label when requesting information by mail. Information concerning their applicability can be obtained by writing or calling the U.S. Department of Commerce, National Institute of Standards and Technology, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, telephone number (301)975-2833.

 

14.       CONTRACTOR TASKS / SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (C-FSS-370) (NOV 2001)

(a)     Security Clearances: The Contractor may be required to obtain/possess varying levels of security clearances in the performance of orders issued under this contract. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such security clearances should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule.

(b)     Travel: The Contractor may be required to travel in performance of orders issued under this contract. Allowable travel and per diem charges are governed by Pub .L. 99-234 and FAR Part 31, and are reimbursable by the ordering agency or can be priced as a fixed price item on orders placed under the Multiple Award Schedule. The Industrial Funding Fee does NOT apply to travel and per diem charges.

(c)     Certifications, Licenses and Accreditations: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess any variety of certifications, licenses and accreditations for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/ possessing such certifications, licenses and accreditations should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(d)     Insurance: As a commercial practice, the Contractor may be required to obtain/possess insurance coverage for specific FSC/service code classifications offered. All costs associated with obtaining/possessing such insurance should be factored into the price offered under the Multiple Award Schedule program.

(e)     Personnel: The Contractor may be required to provide key personnel, resumes or skill category descriptions in the performance of orders issued under this contract. Ordering activities may require agency approval of additions or replacements to key personnel.

(f)      Organizational Conflicts of Interest: Where there may be an organizational conflict of interest as determined by the ordering agency, the Contractor s participation in such order may be restricted in accordance with FAR Part 9.5.

(g)     Documentation/Standards: The Contractor may be requested to provide products or services in accordance with rules, regulations, OMB orders, standards and documentation as specified by the agency s order.

(h)     Data/Deliverable Requirements: Any required data/deliverables at the ordering level will be as specified or negotiated in the agency s order.

(i)      Government-Furnished Property: As specified by the agency s order, the Government may provide property, equipment, materials or resources as necessary.

(j)            Availability of Funds: Many Government agencies operating funds are appropriated for a specific fiscal year. Funds may not be presently available for any orders placed under the contract or any option year. The Government s obligation on orders placed under this contract is contingent upon the availability of appropriated funds from which payment for ordering purposes can be made. No legal liability on the part of the Government for any payment may arise until funds are available to the ordering Contracting Officer.

 

15.       CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION FOR ORDERING ACTIVITIES:

Any ordering activity, with respect to any one or more delivery orders placed by it under this contract, may exercise the same rights of termination as might the GSA Contracting Officer under provisions of FAR 52.212-4, paragraphs (l) Termination for the ordering activity s convenience, and (m) Termination for Cause (See C.1.)


 

16.       GSA Advantage!

GSA Advantage! is an on-line, interactive electronic information and ordering system that provides on-line access to vendors' schedule prices with ordering information. GSA Advantage! will allow the user to perform various searches across all contracts including, but not limited to:

(1)           Manufacturer;
(2)           Manufacturer's Part Number; and
(3)           Product categories.

Agencies can browse GSA Advantage! by accessing the Internet World Wide Web utilizing a browser (ex.: NetScape). The Internet address is http://www.fss.gsa.gov/.

 

17.       PURCHASE OF OPEN MARKET ITEMS

NOTE: Open Market Items are also known as incidental items, noncontract items, non-Schedule items, and items not on a Federal Supply Schedule contract. ODCs (Other Direct Costs) are not part of this contract and should be treated as open market purchases. Ordering Activities procuring open market items must follow FAR 8.401(d).

For administrative convenience, an ordering activity contracting officer may add items not on the Federal Supply Multiple Award Schedule (MAS) -- referred to as open market items -- to a Federal Supply Schedule blanket purchase agreement (BPA) or an individual task or delivery order, only if-

(1)           All applicable acquisition regulations pertaining to the purchase of the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule have been followed (e.g., publicizing (Part 5), competition requirements (Part 6), acquisition of commercial items (Part 12), contracting methods (Parts 13, 14, and 15), and small business programs (Part 19));

(2)           The ordering activity contracting officer has determined the price for the items not on the Federal Supply Schedule is fair and reasonable;

(3)           The items are clearly labeled on the order as items not on the Federal Supply Schedule; and

(4)           All clauses applicable to items not on the Federal Supply Schedule are included in the order.

 

18.       CONTRACTOR COMMITMENTS, WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS

a.             For the purpose of this contract, commitments, warranties and representations include, in addition to those agreed to for the entire schedule contract:

(1)           Time of delivery/installation quotations for individual orders;

(2)           Technical representations and/or warranties of products concerning performance, total system performance and/or configuration, physical, design and/or functional characteristics and capabilities of a product/equipment/ service/software package submitted in response to requirements which result in orders under this schedule contract.

(3)           Any representations and/or warranties concerning the products made in any literature, description, drawings and/or specifications furnished by the Contractor.

b.             The above is not intended to encompass items not currently covered by the GSA Schedule contract.

 

19.       OVERSEAS ACTIVITIES

The terms and conditions of this contract shall apply to all orders for installation, maintenance, repair of equipment, system services, software & technical support in areas listed in the pricelist outside the 50 states and the District of Columbia, except as indicated below:

Not Applicable

Upon request of the Contractor, the ordering activity may provide the Contractor with logistics support, as available, in accordance with all applicable ordering activity regulations. Such ordering activity support will be provided on a reimbursable basis, and will only be provided to the Contractor's technical personnel whose services are exclusively required for the fulfillment of the terms and conditions of this contract.

Should a customer require performance at OCONUS U.S. Government sites or installations, Pacific Business Services, Inc. will propose any additional location-specific costs in accordance with the then current FTR/JTR and all associated regulations.

 

20.       BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENTS (BPAs)

Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 13.303-1(a) defines Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) as a simplified method of filling anticipated repetitive needs for supplies or services by establishing charge accounts with qualified sources of supply. The use of Blanket Purchase Agreements under the Federal Supply Schedule Program is authorized in accordance with FAR 13.303-2(c)(3), which reads, in part, as follows:

BPAs may be established with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors, if not inconsistent with the terms of the applicable schedule contract.

Federal Supply Schedule contracts contain BPA provisions to enable schedule users to maximize their administrative and purchasing savings. This feature permits schedule users to set up accounts with Schedule Contractors to fill recurring requirements. These accounts establish a period for the BPA and generally address issues such as the frequency of ordering and invoicing, authorized callers, discounts, delivery locations and times. Agencies may qualify for the best quantity/volume discounts available under the contract, based on the potential volume of business that may be generated through such an agreement, regardless of the size of the individual orders. In addition, agencies may be able to secure a discount higher than that available in the contract based on the aggregate volume of business possible under a BPA. Finally, Contractors may be open to a progressive type of discounting where the discount would increase once the sales accumulated under the BPA reach certain prescribed levels. Use of a BPA may be particularly useful with the new Maximum Order feature. See the Suggested Format, contained in this Schedule Pricelist, for customers to consider when using this purchasing tool.

 

21.       CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Contractors participating in contractor team arrangements must abide by all terms and conditions of their respective contracts. This includes compliance with Clauses 552.238-74, Industrial Funding Fee and Sales Reporting, i.e., each contractor (team member) must report sales and remit the IFF for all products and services provided under its individual contract.

 

22.       INSTALLATION, DEINSTALLATION, REINSTALLATION

The Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a-276a-7) provides that contracts in excess of $2,000 to which the United States or the District of Columbia is a party for construction, alteration, or repair (including painting and decorating) of public buildings or public works with the United States, shall contain a clause that no laborer or mechanic employed directly upon the site of the work shall received less than the prevailing wage rates as determined by the Secretary of Labor. The requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act do not apply if the construction work is incidental to the furnishing of supplies, equipment, or services. For example, the requirements do not apply to simple installation or alteration of a public building or public work that is incidental to furnishing supplies or equipment under a supply contract. However, if the construction, alteration or repair is segregable and exceeds $2,000, then the requirements of the Davis-Bacon Act applies.

The ordering activity issuing the task order against this contract will be responsible for proper administration and enforcement of the Federal labor standards covered by the Davis-Bacon Act. The proper Davis-Bacon wage determination will be issued by the ordering activity at the time a request for quotations is made for applicable construction classified installation, deinstallation, and reinstallation services under SIN 132-8.

 

23.       SECTION 508 COMPLIANCE.

If applicable, Section 508 compliance information on the supplies and services in this contract are available in Electronic and Information Technology (EIT) at www.estescomm.com. The EIT standard can be found at: www.Section508.gov/.

 

24.       PRIME CONTRACTOR ORDERING FROM FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULES.

Prime Contractors (on cost reimbursement contracts) placing orders under Federal Supply Schedules, on behalf of an ordering activity, shall follow the terms of the applicable schedule and authorization and include with each order

(a)           A copy of the authorization from the ordering activity with whom the contractor has the prime contract (unless a copy was previously furnished to the Federal Supply Schedule contractor); and

(b)           The following statement:

This order is placed under written authorization from _______ dated _______. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms and conditions of this order and those of your Federal Supply Schedule contract, the latter will govern.

 

25.       INSURANCE WORK ON A GOVERNMENT INSTALLATION (JAN 1997)(FAR 52.228-5)

(a)           The Contractor shall, at its own expense, provide and maintain during the entire performance of this contract, at least the kinds and minimum amounts of insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract.

(b)           Before commencing work under this contract, the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing that the required insurance has been obtained. The policies evidencing required insurance shall contain an endorsement to the effect that any cancellation or any material change adversely affecting the Government's interest shall not be effective

(1)           For such period as the laws of the State in which this contract is to be performed prescribe; or

(2)           Until 30 days after the insurer or the Contractor gives written notice to the Contracting Officer, whichever period is longer.

(c)           The Contractor shall insert the substance of this clause, including this paragraph (c), in subcontracts under this contract that require work on a Government installation and shall require subcontractors to provide and maintain the insurance required in the Schedule or elsewhere in the contract. The Contractor shall maintain a copy of all subcontractors' proofs of required insurance, and shall make copies available to the Contracting Officer upon request.


 

SECTION II TERMS AND CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES (SPECIAL ITEM NUMBER 132-51)

 

1.         SCOPE

a.             The prices, terms and conditions stated under Special Item Number 132-51 Information Technology Professional Services apply exclusively to IT Services within the scope of this Information Technology Schedule.

b.             The Contractor shall provide services at the Contractor s facility and/or at the ordering activity location, as agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

 

2.         PERFORMANCE INCENTIVES

a.             Performance incentives may be agreed upon between the Contractor and the ordering activity on individual fixed price orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements under this contract in accordance with this clause.

b.             The ordering activity must establish a maximum performance incentive price for these services and/or total solutions on individual orders or Blanket Purchase Agreements.

c.             Incentives should be designed to relate results achieved by the contractor to specified targets. To the maximum extent practicable, ordering activities shall consider establishing incentives where performance is critical to the ordering activity s mission and incentives are likely to motivate the contractor. Incentives shall be based on objectively measurable tasks.

 

3.         ORDERING PROCEDURES FOR SERVICES (REQUIRING A STATEMENT OF WORK)  (G-FCI-920) (MAR 2003)

FAR 8.402 contemplates that GSA may occasionally find it necessary to establish special ordering procedures for individual Federal Supply Schedules or for some Special Item Numbers (SINs) within a Schedule. GSA has established special ordering procedures for services that require a Statement of Work. These special ordering procedures take precedence over the procedures in FAR 8.404 (b)(2) through (b)(3).

When ordering services over $100,000, Department of Defense (DOD) ordering offices and non-DOD agencies placing orders on behalf of the DOD must follow the policies and procedures in the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DFARS) 208.404-70 Additional ordering procedures for services. When DFARS 208.404-70 is applicable and there is a conflict between the ordering procedures contained in this clause and the additional ordering procedures for services in DFARS 208.404-70, the DFARS procedures take precedence. GSA has determined that the prices for services contained in the contractor s price list applicable to this Schedule are fair and reasonable. However, the ordering activity using this contract is responsible for considering the level of effort and mix of labor proposed to perform a specific task being ordered and for making a determination that the total firm-fixed price or ceiling price is fair and reasonable.

(a)           When ordering services, ordering activities shall

(1)           Prepare a Request (Request for Quote or other communication tool):

(i)            A statement of work (a performance-based statement of work is preferred) that outlines, at a minimum, the work to be performed, location of work, period of performance, deliverable schedule, applicable standards, acceptance criteria, and any special requirements (i.e., security clearances, travel, special knowledge, etc.) should be prepared.

(ii)           The request should include the statement of work and request the contractors to submit either a firm-fixed price or a ceiling price to provide the services outlined in the statement of work. A firm-fixed price order shall be requested, unless the ordering activity makes a determination that it is not possible at the time of placing the order to estimate accurately the extent or duration of the work or to anticipate cost with any reasonable degree of confidence. When such a determination is made, a labor hour or time-and-materials proposal may be requested. The firm-fixed price shall be based on the rates in the schedule contract and shall consider the mix of labor categories and level of effort required to perform the services described in the statement of work. The firm-fixed price of the order should also include any travel costs or other incidental costs related to performance of the services ordered, unless the order provides for reimbursement of travel costs at the rates provided in the Federal Travel or Joint Travel Regulations. A ceiling price must be established for labor-hour and time-and-materials orders.

(iii)          The request may ask the contractors, if necessary or appropriate, to submit a project plan for performing the task, and information on the contractor s experience and/or past performance performing similar tasks.

(iv)          The request shall notify the contractors what basis will be used for selecting the contractor to receive the order. The notice shall include the basis for determining whether the contractors are technically qualified and provide an explanation regarding the intended use of any experience and/or past performance information in determining technical qualification of responses. If consideration will be limited to schedule contractors who are small business concerns as permitted by paragraph (2) below, the request shall notify the contractors that will be the case.

(2)           Transmit the Request to Contractors:

Based upon an initial evaluation of catalogs and price lists, the ordering activity should identify the contractors that appear to offer the best value (considering the scope of services offered, pricing and other factors such as contractors locations, as appropriate) and transmit the request as follows:

NOTE: When buying IT professional services under SIN 132 51 ONLY, the ordering office, at its discretion, may limit consideration to those schedule contractors that are small business concerns. This limitation is not applicable when buying supplies and/or services under other SINs as well as SIN 132-51. The limitation may only be used when at least three (3) small businesses that appear to offer services that will meet the agency s needs are available, if the order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold.

(i)            The request should be provided to at least three (3) contractors if the proposed order is estimated to exceed the micro-purchase threshold, but not exceed the maximum order threshold.

(ii)           For proposed orders exceeding the maximum order threshold, the request should be provided to additional contractors that offer services that will meet the ordering activity s needs.

(iii)          In addition, the request shall be provided to any contractor who specifically requests a copy of the request for the proposed order.

(iv)          Ordering activities should strive to minimize the contractors costs associated with responding to requests for quotes for specific orders. Requests should be tailored to the minimum level necessary for adequate evaluation and selection for order placement. Oral presentations should be considered, when possible.

(3)           Evaluate Responses and Select the Contractor to Receive the Order:

After responses have been evaluated against the factors identified in the request, the order should be placed with the schedule contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(b)           The establishment of Federal Supply Schedule Blanket Purchase Agreements (BPAs) for recurring services is permitted when the procedures outlined herein are followed. All BPAs for services must define the services that may be ordered under the BPA, along with delivery or performance time frames, billing procedures, etc. The potential volume of orders under BPAs, regardless of the size of individual orders, may offer the ordering activity the opportunity to secure volume discounts. When establishing BPAs, ordering activities shall

(1)           Inform contractors in the request (based on the ordering activity s requirement) if a single BPA or multiple BPAs will be established, and indicate the basis that will be used for selecting the contractors to be awarded the BPAs.

(i)            SINGLE BPA: Generally, a single BPA should be established when the ordering activity can define the tasks to be ordered under the BPA and establish a firm-fixed price or ceiling price for individual tasks or services to be ordered. When this occurs, authorized users may place the order directly under the established BPA when the need for service arises. The schedule contractor that represents the best value should be awarded the BPA. (See FAR 8.404)

(ii)           MULTIPLE BPAs: When the ordering activity determines multiple BPAs are needed to meet its requirements, the ordering activity should determine which contractors can meet any technical qualifications before establishing the BPAs. When establishing the BPAs, the procedures in (a)(2) above must be followed. The procedures at (a)(2) do not apply to orders issued under multiple BPAs. Authorized users must transmit the request for quote for an order to all BPA holders and then place the order with the Schedule contractor that represents the best value.

(2)           Review BPAs Periodically: Such reviews shall be conducted at least annually. The purpose of the review is to determine whether the BPA still represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(c)           The ordering activity should give preference to small business concerns when two or more contractors can provide the services at the same firm-fixed price or ceiling price.

(d)           When the ordering activity s requirement involves both products as well as executive, administrative and/or professional, services, the ordering activity should total the prices for the products and the firm-fixed price for the services and select the contractor that represents the best value. (See FAR 8.404)

(e)           The ordering activity, at a minimum, should document orders by identifying the contractor from which the services were purchased, the services purchased, and the amount paid. If other than a firm-fixed price order is placed, such documentation should include the basis for the determination to use a labor-hour or time-and-materials order. For ordering activity requirements in excess of the micro-purchase threshold, the order file should document the evaluation of Schedule contractors quotes that formed the basis for the selection of the contractor that received the order and the rationale for any trade-offs made in making the selection.

 

4.         ORDER

a.             Agencies may use written orders, blanket purchase agreements, individual purchase orders, or task orders for ordering services under this contract. Blanket Purchase Agreements shall not extend beyond the end of the contract period; all services and delivery shall be made and the contract terms and conditions shall continue in effect until the completion of the order. Orders for tasks which extend beyond the fiscal year for which funds are available shall include FAR 52.232-19 Availability of Funds for the Next Fiscal Year. The purchase order shall specify the availability of funds and the period for which funds are available.

b.             All task orders are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract. In the event of conflict between a task order and the contract, the contract will take precedence.

 

5.         PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES

a.             The Contractor shall commence performance of services on the date agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

b.             The Contractor agrees to render services only during normal working hours, unless otherwise agreed to by the Contractor and the ordering activity.

c.             The ordering activity should include the criteria for satisfactory completion for each task in the Statement of Work or Delivery Order. Services shall be completed in a good and workmanlike manner.

d.             Any Contractor travel required in the performance of IT Services must comply with the Federal Travel Regulation or Joint Travel Regulations, as applicable, in effect on the date(s) the travel is performed. Established Federal Government per diem rates will apply to all Contractor travel. Contractors cannot use GSA city pair contracts.

6.         STOP-WORK ORDER (FAR 52.242-15) (AUG 1989)

 

(a)           The Contracting Officer may, at any time, by written order to the Contractor, require the Contractor to stop all, or any part, of the work called for by this contract for a period of 90 days after the order is delivered to the Contractor, and for any further period to which the parties may agree. The order shall be specifically identified as a stop-work order issued under this clause. Upon receipt of the order, the Contractor shall immediately comply with its terms and take all reasonable steps to minimize the incurrence of costs allocable to the work covered by the order during the period of work stoppage. Within a period of 90 days after a stop-work is delivered to the Contractor, or within any extension of that period to which the parties shall have agreed, the Contracting Officer shall either-

 

(1)           Cancel the stop-work order; or

 

(2)           Terminate the work covered by the order as provided in the Default, or the Termination for Convenience of the Government, clause of this contract.

 

(b)           If a stop-work order issued under this clause is canceled or the period of the order or any extension thereof expires, the Contractor shall resume work. The Contracting Officer shall make an equitable adjustment in the delivery schedule or contract price, or both, and the contract shall be modified, in writing, accordingly, if-

 

(1)           The stop-work order results in an increase in the time required for, or in the Contractor's cost properly allocable to, the performance of any part of this contract; and

 

(2)           The Contractor asserts its right to the adjustment within 30 days after the end of the period of work stoppage; provided, that, if the Contracting Officer decides the facts justify the action, the Contracting Officer may receive and act upon the claim submitted at any time before final payment under this contract.

 

(c)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for the convenience of the Government, the Contracting Officer shall allow reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order in arriving at the termination settlement.

 

(d)           If a stop-work order is not canceled and the work covered by the order is terminated for default, the Contracting Officer shall allow, by equitable adjustment or otherwise, reasonable costs resulting from the stop-work order.

 

7.         INSPECTION OF SERVICES

The Inspection of Services Fixed Price (AUG 1996) clause at FAR 52.246-4 applies to firm-fixed price orders placed under this contract. The Inspection Time‑and‑Materials and Labor-Hour (JAN 1986) clause at FAR 52.246-6 applies to time‑and‑materials and labor‑ hour orders placed under this contract.

 

8.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations (Federal, State, City, or otherwise) covering work of this character. If the end product of a task order is software, then FAR 52.227-14 Rights in Data General, may apply.


 

9.         RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE ORDERING ACTIVITY

Subject to security regulations, the ordering activity shall permit Contractor access to all facilities necessary to perform the requisite IT Services.

 

10.       INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR

All IT Services performed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract shall be as an independent Contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the ordering activity.

 

11.       ORGANIZATIONAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

a.             Definitions.

Contractor means the person, firm, unincorporated association, joint venture, partnership, or corporation that is a party to this contract.

Contractor and its affiliates and Contractor or its affiliates refers to the Contractor, its chief executives, directors, officers, subsidiaries, affiliates, subcontractors at any tier, and consultants and any joint venture involving the Contractor, any entity into or with which the Contractor subsequently merges or affiliates, or any other successor or assignee of the Contractor.

An Organizational conflict of interest exists when the nature of the work to be performed under a proposed ordering activity contract, without some restriction on ordering activities by the Contractor and its affiliates, may either (i) result in an unfair competitive advantage to the Contractor or its affiliates or (ii) impair the Contractor s or its affiliates objectivity in performing contract work.

b.             To avoid an organizational or financial conflict of interest and to avoid prejudicing the best interests of the ordering activity, ordering activities may place restrictions on the Contractors, its affiliates, chief executives, directors, subsidiaries and subcontractors at any tier when placing orders against schedule contracts. Such restrictions shall be consistent with FAR 9.505 and shall be designed to avoid, neutralize, or mitigate organizational conflicts of interest that might otherwise exist in situations related to individual orders placed against the schedule contract. Examples of situations, which may require restrictions, are provided at FAR 9.508.

 

12        INVOICES

The Contractor, upon completion of the work ordered, shall submit invoices for IT services. Progress payments may be authorized by the ordering activity on individual orders if appropriate. Progress payments shall be based upon completion of defined milestones or interim products. Invoices shall be submitted monthly for recurring services performed during the preceding month.

 

13.       PAYMENTS

For firm-fixed price orders the ordering activity shall pay the Contractor, upon submission of proper invoices or vouchers, the prices stipulated in this contract for service rendered and accepted. Progress payments shall be made only when authorized by the order. For time‑and‑materials orders, the Payments under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate I (APR 1984) applies to time‑and‑materials orders placed under this contract. For labor‑hour orders, the Payment under Time‑and‑Materials and Labor‑Hour Contracts at FAR 52.232-7 (DEC 2002), Alternate II (DEC 2002) applies to labor‑hour orders placed under this contract.

 

14.       RESUMES

Resumes shall be provided to the GSA Contracting Officer or the user ordering activity upon request.

 

15.       INCIDENTAL SUPPORT COSTS

Incidental support costs are available outside the scope of this contract. The costs will be negotiated separately with the ordering activity in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the FAR.

 

16.       APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTS

The ordering activity may require that the Contractor receive, from the ordering activity's Contracting Officer, written consent before placing any subcontract for furnishing any of the work called for in a task order.

 

17.       DESCRIPTION OF IT SERVICES AND PRICING

                The following services are offered under this contract:

·         Communications and Information System Installation Record (CSIR) Development and Maintenance

·         Communications and Information System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Development and Design Services

·         IT System Analysis and Documentation Services

·         Systems Integration

·         Systems Installation

·         IT Project Management Services

 

 CORPORATE OVERVIEW

Pacific Business Services, Inc. (PBS) is a 20-year-old Veteran Owned Small Business, Hawaii-based technology firm with expertise in site design, project planning, building infrastructure cabling, network setup, move scheduling, technology assessment, and transition upgrades and software refresh. We provide technical support between the customers, computer suppliers software vendors and services vendors as required. We are a hardware/LAN supplier; PC supplier and third party reseller. After your system is installed, PBS can supply MIS expertise on an as-needed basis or provide full services facilities management.

 

CORE COMPENTENCIES

 

Project Management - Request For Proposals, facility moves, infrastructure design, general scheduling, network planning, cabling planning, move planning, cutover scheduling, WAN/LAN moves, construction scheduling

 

Transition & conversion - Preliminary Planning, Inventory & Assessment.

 

Rollout management - Pre-Upgrade Preparation, develop baseline configurations to meet strategic plans, purchasing & installation of hardware,network, software, licenses and interfaces, automated deployment, renovation & relocations, post rollout analysis. Minimizing disruption to existing operations.

 

Desktop Technical Support - PBS can provide technical support during all lifecycle phases of a system from initial planning, installation, end-user support and troubleshooting, re-deployment and de-installation.

 

Workflow, Information Analysis and Business Events by Logical Conclusions Inc., Consulting Services and PBS  (non-DoD at this time)

·         Assist management with strategic planning to evolve to a Customer Focused Organization.

·         Help project teams and managers start projects off right.

·         Conduct on-going reviews of intermediate and final project deliverables.

·         Assist analysts and developers in producing analysis and design specifications

 

 

 


LABOR CATEGORY DESCRIPTIONS

101 Senior Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel, and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization.  Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires fifteen years of experience.

 

Education: A Bachelor's degree or equivalent in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, Business, or other related field.

 


102 Program Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Serves as the contract manager, and as the contractor's authorized interface with the Government Contracting Officer (CO), the contract-level Contracting Officer's Representative (COR), Government management personnel and customer agency representatives. Responsible for formulating and enforcing work standards, assigning contractor schedules, reviewing work discrepancies, supervising contractor personnel and communicating policies, procedures, and goals of the organization. Responsible for the overall contract performance.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires ten years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.

 


103 Project Manager

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides planning, direction, and coordination functions of a designated project to ensure contract performance requirements and objectives are accomplished. Directs activities of personnel at a specific facility. Responsible for setting and attaining budget, schedule, and performance standards. Monitors and controls expenditures within limitations of project budget.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires five years of experience.

 

Education: Bachelor’s degree or equivalent related experience.


104 Network/Systems Analyst

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides technical support in the areas of network administration and configuration, computer system software and hardware evaluation, selection, installation, maintenance, and problem solving. Administer and configure Microsoft Windows 2000 and XP Pro workstations.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 5 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


105 Computer Programmer II

 

Functional Responsibility: Under general direction, monitors and supports computer processing.  Coordinates input, output, and file media.  Distributes output and controls computer operation, which may be mainframe, mini, or client/server based or peripheral equipment.  May devise or modify procedures to solve complex  problems considering computer Design, codes, test, debugs and documents those programs.  Note:  this position does not perform systems analysis functions.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 3 years work experience.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training



106 Hardware Software Specialist II

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to complex technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing a variety of hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  Provides primary interface with vendor support service groups or provides internal analysis and support to ensure proper escalation during outages or periods of degraded system performance.  May provide LAN server support.  Requires strong knowledge of PC/LAN communications hardware/software in a multi-protocol environment, and network management software.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and solutions will satisfy the user's requirements. 

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of two years experience.  Experience includes: system analysis and evaluation of hardware capabilities and configurations.  Must demonstrate the ability to work independently or under only general supervision.

 

Education: An Associate's Degree in Computer Science, Information Systems, Engineering, or other related discipline is required. 


107 Hardware Software Specialist I

 

Functional Responsibility: Monitors and responds to technical control facility hardware and software problems utilizing hardware and software testing tools and techniques.  May interface with vendor support service groups to ensure proper escalation during outages or period of degraded system performance.  May assist with installation of terminals and associated hardware.  May provide LAN server support.  Reviews computer systems in terms of machine capabilities and man-machine interface.  Prepares reports and studies concerning hardware.  Prepares functional requirements and specifications for hardware acquisitions.  Ensures that problems have been properly identified and escalated if necessary.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of 6 months experience.  Experience includes increasing responsibilities with software systems, Works under immediate supervision..

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


108 LAN Network Administrator I

 

Functional Responsibility: Establishes all related practices and standards, and ensures conformance with the overall IT systems policies, goals and procedures.  experience in network activities and overall systems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position requires a minimum of three years experience with network resource requirements including personnel, software, equipment, and facilities. Makes recommendations to management as well as stays abreast of new developments and technologies.

 

Education: Requires a High School diploma or technical training.


109 Help Desk Support

 

Functional Responsibility: Provides phone and in-person support to users in the areas of E-mail, directories, standard Windows desktop applications, and applications developed under this contract or predecessors. Serves as the initial point of contact for troubleshooting network applications and hardware and software PC and printer problems.

 

Minimum/General Experience: This position typically requires 3 years of experience in network and or PC support.

 

Education: Associate's degree or equivalent in Computer Science or Bachelor's degree.


 

HOURLY LABOR RATES

 

Labor Category

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

 

 

Senior Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Program Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Project Manager

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Network / Systems Analyst

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Computer Programmer II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist II

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Hardware Software Specialist I

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

LAN Network Administrator

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

Help Desk Support

$80.00

$83.20

$86.52

$89.99

$93.58

 

 

AUTHORIZED FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SCHEDULE PRICELIST
GENERAL PURPOSE COMMERCIAL INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY
EQUIPMENT, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES

SIN 132-51 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) PROFESSIONAL SERVICES

FPDS Code D302                IT Systems Development Services

FPDS Code D306                IT systems Analysis Services

FPDS Code 307                                 Automated Information Systems Design & Integration Services
FPDS Code D308                Programming Services

FPDS Code 310                                IT Backup and Security Services
FPDS Code D316                IT Network Management Services
FPDS Code D399                Other Information Technology Services, Not Elsewhere Classified

 

   

USA COMMITMENT TO PROMOTE
SMALL BUSINESS PARTICIPATION

PROCUREMENT PROGRAMS

 

PREAMBLE

(Name of Company) provides commercial products and services to ordering activities. We are committed to promoting participation of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses in our contracts. We pledge to provide opportunities to the small business community through reselling opportunities, mentor-prot g programs, joint ventures, teaming arrangements, and subcontracting.

COMMITMENT

To actively seek and partner with small businesses.

To identify, qualify, mentor and develop small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses by purchasing from these businesses whenever practical.

To develop and promote company policy initiatives that demonstrate our support for awarding contracts and subcontracts to small business concerns.

To undertake significant efforts to determine the potential of small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small business to supply products and services to our company.

To insure procurement opportunities are designed to permit the maximum possible participation of small, small disadvantaged, and women-owned small businesses.

To attend business opportunity workshops, minority business enterprise seminars, trade fairs, procurement conferences, etc., to identify and increase small businesses with whom to partner.

To publicize in our marketing publications our interest in meeting small businesses that may be interested in subcontracting opportunities.

We signify our commitment to work in partnership with small, small disadvantaged and women-owned small businesses to promote and increase their participation in ordering activity contracts.

To accelerate potential opportunities please contact:

 

Pacific Business Services, Inc.

Phone: 808-545-3722

Fax: 808-599-5264

Gov_Hawaii@yahoo.com

BEST VALUE
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
FEDERAL SUPPLY SCHEDULE

(Insert Customer Name)

In the spirit of the Federal Acquisition Streamlining Act (ordering activity) and (Contractor) enter into a cooperative agreement to further reduce the administrative costs of acquiring commercial items from the General Services Administration (GSA) Federal Supply Schedule Contract(s) ____________________.

Federal Supply Schedule contract BPAs eliminate contracting and open market costs such as: search for sources; the development of technical documents, solicitations and the evaluation of offers. Teaming Arrangements are permitted with Federal Supply Schedule Contractors in accordance with Federal Acquisition Regulation (FAR) 9.6.

This BPA will further decrease costs, reduce paperwork, and save time by eliminating the need for repetitive, individual purchases from the schedule contract. The end result is to create a purchasing mechanism for the ordering activity that works better and costs less.

 

Signatures

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                               
Ordering Activity                                                 Date                                        Contractor                                             Date

 


 

BPA NUMBER_____________

(CUSTOMER NAME)
BLANKET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

Pursuant to GSA Federal Supply Schedule Contract Number(s)____________, Blanket Purchase Agreements, the Contractor agrees to the following terms of a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA) EXCLUSIVELY WITH (ordering activity):

(1)           The following contract items can be ordered under this BPA. All orders placed against this BPA are subject to the terms and conditions of the contract, except as noted below:

MODEL NUMBER/PART NUMBER                                *SPECIAL BPA DISCOUNT/PRICE

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(2)           Delivery:

DESTINATION                                                                    DELIVERY SCHEDULES / DATES

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(3)           The ordering activity estimates, but does not guarantee, that the volume of purchases through this agreement will be _________________________.

(4)           This BPA does not obligate any funds.

(5)           This BPA expires on _________________ or at the end of the contract period, whichever is earlier.

(6)           The following office(s) is hereby authorized to place orders under this BPA:

OFFICE                                                                                  POINT OF CONTACT

                                                                                                                                                                   
                                                                       
                                                                                           
                                                                       
                                                                                           

(7)           Orders will be placed against this BPA via Electronic Data Interchange (EDI), FAX, or paper.

(8)           Unless otherwise agreed to, all deliveries under this BPA must be accompanied by delivery tickets or sales slips that must contain the following information as a minimum:

(a)           Name of Contractor;

(b)           Contract Number;

(c)           BPA Number;

(d)           Model Number or National Stock Number (NSN);

(e)           Purchase Order Number;

(f)            Date of Purchase;


(g)           Quantity, Unit Price, and Extension of Each Item (unit prices and extensions need not be shown when incompatible with the use of automated systems; provided, that the invoice is itemized to show the information); and

(h)           Date of Shipment.

(9)           The requirements of a proper invoice are specified in the Federal Supply Schedule contract. Invoices will be submitted to the address specified within the purchase order transmission issued against this BPA.

(10)         The terms and conditions included in this BPA apply to all purchases made pursuant to it. In the event of an inconsistency between the provisions of this BPA and the Contractor s invoice, the provisions of this BPA will take precedence.

*************************************************************************************************


 

BASIC GUIDELINES FOR USING
CONTRACTOR TEAM ARRANGEMENTS

 

Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may use Contractor Team Arrangements (see FAR 9.6) to provide solutions when responding to a ordering activity requirements.

These Team Arrangements can be included under a Blanket Purchase Agreement (BPA). BPAs are permitted under all Federal Supply Schedule contracts.

Orders under a Team Arrangement are subject to terms and conditions or the Federal Supply Schedule Contract.

Participation in a Team Arrangement is limited to Federal Supply Schedule Contractors.

Customers should refer to FAR 9.6 for specific details on Team Arrangements.

Here is a general outline on how it works:

·                     The customer identifies their requirements.

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually meet the customers needs, or -

·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.

 

5in; mso-list: l16 level1 lfo14">·                     Federal Supply Schedule Contractors may individually submit a Schedules Team Solution to meet the customer s requirement.

·                     Customers make a best value selection.